Upload
lequynh
View
213
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Plymouth University
Academic Partnerships
CORNWALL COLLEGE (Camborne)
Programme Quality HandbookBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Academic Year 2016-2017
1 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please contact
HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)
E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)
Please note
All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing
The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of the College interfere with its ability to
2 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies4
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor6
31 Plymouth Portal6
4 Programme Details8
41 Enhancement Activities8
42 Progression through the programme8
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University9
5 Employment Opportunities9
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment10
61 Referencing Guides10
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances10
72 Academic Offences11
8 Progression Opportunities14
9 Student Feedback14
91 Student Representation and Enhancement14
92 Student Perception Surveys14
93 Closing the Feedback Loop15
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)16
95 Complaints16
96 Extenuating Circumstances17
10 Appendix18
101 Programme Specification18
4 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Computing Technologies
Welcome to the Honours Degree in Computing Technologies (Top up)
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in- depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also offers the opportunity for further specialisation in either the field of networking (Subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Student Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and providing support to you Details of your programme of study and assessment Opportunities available for
Work-Based Learning (WBL) Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study - especially honours degree routes Additional information specifically about your College
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook available at which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
5 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
2 Programme TeamProgramme Manager for your Honours Degree is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the programme and providing programme advice to students They also chair the Programme Committee which has student representation
Name Office Location Tel Email
Caroline Cripps Opie E111 01209 617667 carolinecrippscornwallacuk
Each module within your programme has a designated Module Leader who is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the module and providing module advice to students
Module Name Office Location
Tel Email
CORC371
Honours Project
CORC373
Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Caroline Cripps
Opie E111
01209 617667
carolinecrippscornwallacuk
CORC368
Cloud Computing and Security
CORC369
Digital Forensics
CORC372
Advanced Networking
Tina Simpson Opie E111
01209 617634
tinasimpsoncornwallacuk
CORC367Agile Methods
Mike Trebilcock
Opie
E111
01209 61636
miketrebilcockcornwallacuk
CORC370Entrepreneurship for E-Business
Bryan Mills Opie
E17
01209 617582
bryanmillscornwallacuk
Contact with module leaders is also through the forum on the college Virtual Learning Environment Moodle where important notices will be posted and personal text messages in agreement with the student
6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Katerina Gavrilova What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board (First Floor Opie Building) HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
Your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities WBL in its various forms is one of the major defining characteristics of your Honours Degree It plays a central role in enabling you to apply academic study to workplace environments and problems In its turn your programme of study should enable you to integrate knowledge and skills developed in WBL into your project work and study in taught modules
An employable graduate is one who is able to meet the requirements of employers and fulfil their career aspirations at a graduate level They will be able to apply the skills knowledge and personal qualities developed during their programme in the workplace and other contexts An employable graduate will need to be able to
demonstrate and apply graduate attributes and skills demonstrate and apply career management skills eg preparing effectively for the recruitment and
selection process demonstrate and apply lifelong learning skills eg reflecting critically on academic personal and
professional development identifying and articulating achievements and planning for the future demonstrate business and organisational awareness eg understand changing working practices
including self-employment with particular reference to the professions and sectors relating to their programme of study
demonstrate an international outlook eg understanding the attributes and breadth of outlook appropriate for working in a global economy
Your programme has been designed to put all this in perspective and give you the opportunities to develop the requisite skills Work-relatedness is integral to the modules and many specifically offer you the opportunity to experience the world of work even if you are studying full time Your programme specification details the knowledge skills and understanding you will be able to demonstrate when you gain your Honours Degree
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please contact
HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)
E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)
Please note
All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing
The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of the College interfere with its ability to
2 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies4
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor6
31 Plymouth Portal6
4 Programme Details8
41 Enhancement Activities8
42 Progression through the programme8
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University9
5 Employment Opportunities9
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment10
61 Referencing Guides10
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances10
72 Academic Offences11
8 Progression Opportunities14
9 Student Feedback14
91 Student Representation and Enhancement14
92 Student Perception Surveys14
93 Closing the Feedback Loop15
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)16
95 Complaints16
96 Extenuating Circumstances17
10 Appendix18
101 Programme Specification18
4 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Computing Technologies
Welcome to the Honours Degree in Computing Technologies (Top up)
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in- depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also offers the opportunity for further specialisation in either the field of networking (Subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Student Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and providing support to you Details of your programme of study and assessment Opportunities available for
Work-Based Learning (WBL) Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study - especially honours degree routes Additional information specifically about your College
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook available at which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
5 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
2 Programme TeamProgramme Manager for your Honours Degree is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the programme and providing programme advice to students They also chair the Programme Committee which has student representation
Name Office Location Tel Email
Caroline Cripps Opie E111 01209 617667 carolinecrippscornwallacuk
Each module within your programme has a designated Module Leader who is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the module and providing module advice to students
Module Name Office Location
Tel Email
CORC371
Honours Project
CORC373
Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Caroline Cripps
Opie E111
01209 617667
carolinecrippscornwallacuk
CORC368
Cloud Computing and Security
CORC369
Digital Forensics
CORC372
Advanced Networking
Tina Simpson Opie E111
01209 617634
tinasimpsoncornwallacuk
CORC367Agile Methods
Mike Trebilcock
Opie
E111
01209 61636
miketrebilcockcornwallacuk
CORC370Entrepreneurship for E-Business
Bryan Mills Opie
E17
01209 617582
bryanmillscornwallacuk
Contact with module leaders is also through the forum on the college Virtual Learning Environment Moodle where important notices will be posted and personal text messages in agreement with the student
6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Katerina Gavrilova What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board (First Floor Opie Building) HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
Your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities WBL in its various forms is one of the major defining characteristics of your Honours Degree It plays a central role in enabling you to apply academic study to workplace environments and problems In its turn your programme of study should enable you to integrate knowledge and skills developed in WBL into your project work and study in taught modules
An employable graduate is one who is able to meet the requirements of employers and fulfil their career aspirations at a graduate level They will be able to apply the skills knowledge and personal qualities developed during their programme in the workplace and other contexts An employable graduate will need to be able to
demonstrate and apply graduate attributes and skills demonstrate and apply career management skills eg preparing effectively for the recruitment and
selection process demonstrate and apply lifelong learning skills eg reflecting critically on academic personal and
professional development identifying and articulating achievements and planning for the future demonstrate business and organisational awareness eg understand changing working practices
including self-employment with particular reference to the professions and sectors relating to their programme of study
demonstrate an international outlook eg understanding the attributes and breadth of outlook appropriate for working in a global economy
Your programme has been designed to put all this in perspective and give you the opportunities to develop the requisite skills Work-relatedness is integral to the modules and many specifically offer you the opportunity to experience the world of work even if you are studying full time Your programme specification details the knowledge skills and understanding you will be able to demonstrate when you gain your Honours Degree
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services
3 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies4
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor6
31 Plymouth Portal6
4 Programme Details8
41 Enhancement Activities8
42 Progression through the programme8
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University9
5 Employment Opportunities9
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment10
61 Referencing Guides10
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances10
72 Academic Offences11
8 Progression Opportunities14
9 Student Feedback14
91 Student Representation and Enhancement14
92 Student Perception Surveys14
93 Closing the Feedback Loop15
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)16
95 Complaints16
96 Extenuating Circumstances17
10 Appendix18
101 Programme Specification18
4 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Computing Technologies
Welcome to the Honours Degree in Computing Technologies (Top up)
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in- depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also offers the opportunity for further specialisation in either the field of networking (Subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Student Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and providing support to you Details of your programme of study and assessment Opportunities available for
Work-Based Learning (WBL) Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study - especially honours degree routes Additional information specifically about your College
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook available at which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
5 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
2 Programme TeamProgramme Manager for your Honours Degree is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the programme and providing programme advice to students They also chair the Programme Committee which has student representation
Name Office Location Tel Email
Caroline Cripps Opie E111 01209 617667 carolinecrippscornwallacuk
Each module within your programme has a designated Module Leader who is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the module and providing module advice to students
Module Name Office Location
Tel Email
CORC371
Honours Project
CORC373
Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Caroline Cripps
Opie E111
01209 617667
carolinecrippscornwallacuk
CORC368
Cloud Computing and Security
CORC369
Digital Forensics
CORC372
Advanced Networking
Tina Simpson Opie E111
01209 617634
tinasimpsoncornwallacuk
CORC367Agile Methods
Mike Trebilcock
Opie
E111
01209 61636
miketrebilcockcornwallacuk
CORC370Entrepreneurship for E-Business
Bryan Mills Opie
E17
01209 617582
bryanmillscornwallacuk
Contact with module leaders is also through the forum on the college Virtual Learning Environment Moodle where important notices will be posted and personal text messages in agreement with the student
6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Katerina Gavrilova What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board (First Floor Opie Building) HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
Your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities WBL in its various forms is one of the major defining characteristics of your Honours Degree It plays a central role in enabling you to apply academic study to workplace environments and problems In its turn your programme of study should enable you to integrate knowledge and skills developed in WBL into your project work and study in taught modules
An employable graduate is one who is able to meet the requirements of employers and fulfil their career aspirations at a graduate level They will be able to apply the skills knowledge and personal qualities developed during their programme in the workplace and other contexts An employable graduate will need to be able to
demonstrate and apply graduate attributes and skills demonstrate and apply career management skills eg preparing effectively for the recruitment and
selection process demonstrate and apply lifelong learning skills eg reflecting critically on academic personal and
professional development identifying and articulating achievements and planning for the future demonstrate business and organisational awareness eg understand changing working practices
including self-employment with particular reference to the professions and sectors relating to their programme of study
demonstrate an international outlook eg understanding the attributes and breadth of outlook appropriate for working in a global economy
Your programme has been designed to put all this in perspective and give you the opportunities to develop the requisite skills Work-relatedness is integral to the modules and many specifically offer you the opportunity to experience the world of work even if you are studying full time Your programme specification details the knowledge skills and understanding you will be able to demonstrate when you gain your Honours Degree
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Contents1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies4
2 Programme Team5
3 Personal Tutor6
31 Plymouth Portal6
4 Programme Details8
41 Enhancement Activities8
42 Progression through the programme8
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University9
5 Employment Opportunities9
6 Teaching Learning and Assessment10
61 Referencing Guides10
7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances10
72 Academic Offences11
8 Progression Opportunities14
9 Student Feedback14
91 Student Representation and Enhancement14
92 Student Perception Surveys14
93 Closing the Feedback Loop15
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)16
95 Complaints16
96 Extenuating Circumstances17
10 Appendix18
101 Programme Specification18
4 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Computing Technologies
Welcome to the Honours Degree in Computing Technologies (Top up)
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in- depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also offers the opportunity for further specialisation in either the field of networking (Subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Student Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and providing support to you Details of your programme of study and assessment Opportunities available for
Work-Based Learning (WBL) Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study - especially honours degree routes Additional information specifically about your College
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook available at which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
5 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
2 Programme TeamProgramme Manager for your Honours Degree is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the programme and providing programme advice to students They also chair the Programme Committee which has student representation
Name Office Location Tel Email
Caroline Cripps Opie E111 01209 617667 carolinecrippscornwallacuk
Each module within your programme has a designated Module Leader who is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the module and providing module advice to students
Module Name Office Location
Tel Email
CORC371
Honours Project
CORC373
Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Caroline Cripps
Opie E111
01209 617667
carolinecrippscornwallacuk
CORC368
Cloud Computing and Security
CORC369
Digital Forensics
CORC372
Advanced Networking
Tina Simpson Opie E111
01209 617634
tinasimpsoncornwallacuk
CORC367Agile Methods
Mike Trebilcock
Opie
E111
01209 61636
miketrebilcockcornwallacuk
CORC370Entrepreneurship for E-Business
Bryan Mills Opie
E17
01209 617582
bryanmillscornwallacuk
Contact with module leaders is also through the forum on the college Virtual Learning Environment Moodle where important notices will be posted and personal text messages in agreement with the student
6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Katerina Gavrilova What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board (First Floor Opie Building) HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
Your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities WBL in its various forms is one of the major defining characteristics of your Honours Degree It plays a central role in enabling you to apply academic study to workplace environments and problems In its turn your programme of study should enable you to integrate knowledge and skills developed in WBL into your project work and study in taught modules
An employable graduate is one who is able to meet the requirements of employers and fulfil their career aspirations at a graduate level They will be able to apply the skills knowledge and personal qualities developed during their programme in the workplace and other contexts An employable graduate will need to be able to
demonstrate and apply graduate attributes and skills demonstrate and apply career management skills eg preparing effectively for the recruitment and
selection process demonstrate and apply lifelong learning skills eg reflecting critically on academic personal and
professional development identifying and articulating achievements and planning for the future demonstrate business and organisational awareness eg understand changing working practices
including self-employment with particular reference to the professions and sectors relating to their programme of study
demonstrate an international outlook eg understanding the attributes and breadth of outlook appropriate for working in a global economy
Your programme has been designed to put all this in perspective and give you the opportunities to develop the requisite skills Work-relatedness is integral to the modules and many specifically offer you the opportunity to experience the world of work even if you are studying full time Your programme specification details the knowledge skills and understanding you will be able to demonstrate when you gain your Honours Degree
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc (Hons) Computing Technologies
Welcome to the Honours Degree in Computing Technologies (Top up)
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in- depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also offers the opportunity for further specialisation in either the field of networking (Subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
This programme has been designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge base required to work in your chosen specialism or other graduate opportunities It is also a platform from which you can undertake additional vocational and academic qualifications
This Student Handbook contains important information including
Who will be teaching and providing support to you Details of your programme of study and assessment Opportunities available for
Work-Based Learning (WBL) Professional accreditation (if relevant) The development of academic and employability skills Progression onto further study - especially honours degree routes Additional information specifically about your College
Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook available at which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook
5 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
2 Programme TeamProgramme Manager for your Honours Degree is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the programme and providing programme advice to students They also chair the Programme Committee which has student representation
Name Office Location Tel Email
Caroline Cripps Opie E111 01209 617667 carolinecrippscornwallacuk
Each module within your programme has a designated Module Leader who is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the module and providing module advice to students
Module Name Office Location
Tel Email
CORC371
Honours Project
CORC373
Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Caroline Cripps
Opie E111
01209 617667
carolinecrippscornwallacuk
CORC368
Cloud Computing and Security
CORC369
Digital Forensics
CORC372
Advanced Networking
Tina Simpson Opie E111
01209 617634
tinasimpsoncornwallacuk
CORC367Agile Methods
Mike Trebilcock
Opie
E111
01209 61636
miketrebilcockcornwallacuk
CORC370Entrepreneurship for E-Business
Bryan Mills Opie
E17
01209 617582
bryanmillscornwallacuk
Contact with module leaders is also through the forum on the college Virtual Learning Environment Moodle where important notices will be posted and personal text messages in agreement with the student
6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Katerina Gavrilova What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board (First Floor Opie Building) HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
Your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities WBL in its various forms is one of the major defining characteristics of your Honours Degree It plays a central role in enabling you to apply academic study to workplace environments and problems In its turn your programme of study should enable you to integrate knowledge and skills developed in WBL into your project work and study in taught modules
An employable graduate is one who is able to meet the requirements of employers and fulfil their career aspirations at a graduate level They will be able to apply the skills knowledge and personal qualities developed during their programme in the workplace and other contexts An employable graduate will need to be able to
demonstrate and apply graduate attributes and skills demonstrate and apply career management skills eg preparing effectively for the recruitment and
selection process demonstrate and apply lifelong learning skills eg reflecting critically on academic personal and
professional development identifying and articulating achievements and planning for the future demonstrate business and organisational awareness eg understand changing working practices
including self-employment with particular reference to the professions and sectors relating to their programme of study
demonstrate an international outlook eg understanding the attributes and breadth of outlook appropriate for working in a global economy
Your programme has been designed to put all this in perspective and give you the opportunities to develop the requisite skills Work-relatedness is integral to the modules and many specifically offer you the opportunity to experience the world of work even if you are studying full time Your programme specification details the knowledge skills and understanding you will be able to demonstrate when you gain your Honours Degree
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
2 Programme TeamProgramme Manager for your Honours Degree is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the programme and providing programme advice to students They also chair the Programme Committee which has student representation
Name Office Location Tel Email
Caroline Cripps Opie E111 01209 617667 carolinecrippscornwallacuk
Each module within your programme has a designated Module Leader who is responsible for the effective delivery and development of the module and providing module advice to students
Module Name Office Location
Tel Email
CORC371
Honours Project
CORC373
Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Caroline Cripps
Opie E111
01209 617667
carolinecrippscornwallacuk
CORC368
Cloud Computing and Security
CORC369
Digital Forensics
CORC372
Advanced Networking
Tina Simpson Opie E111
01209 617634
tinasimpsoncornwallacuk
CORC367Agile Methods
Mike Trebilcock
Opie
E111
01209 61636
miketrebilcockcornwallacuk
CORC370Entrepreneurship for E-Business
Bryan Mills Opie
E17
01209 617582
bryanmillscornwallacuk
Contact with module leaders is also through the forum on the college Virtual Learning Environment Moodle where important notices will be posted and personal text messages in agreement with the student
6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Katerina Gavrilova What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board (First Floor Opie Building) HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
Your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities WBL in its various forms is one of the major defining characteristics of your Honours Degree It plays a central role in enabling you to apply academic study to workplace environments and problems In its turn your programme of study should enable you to integrate knowledge and skills developed in WBL into your project work and study in taught modules
An employable graduate is one who is able to meet the requirements of employers and fulfil their career aspirations at a graduate level They will be able to apply the skills knowledge and personal qualities developed during their programme in the workplace and other contexts An employable graduate will need to be able to
demonstrate and apply graduate attributes and skills demonstrate and apply career management skills eg preparing effectively for the recruitment and
selection process demonstrate and apply lifelong learning skills eg reflecting critically on academic personal and
professional development identifying and articulating achievements and planning for the future demonstrate business and organisational awareness eg understand changing working practices
including self-employment with particular reference to the professions and sectors relating to their programme of study
demonstrate an international outlook eg understanding the attributes and breadth of outlook appropriate for working in a global economy
Your programme has been designed to put all this in perspective and give you the opportunities to develop the requisite skills Work-relatedness is integral to the modules and many specifically offer you the opportunity to experience the world of work even if you are studying full time Your programme specification details the knowledge skills and understanding you will be able to demonstrate when you gain your Honours Degree
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Katerina Gavrilova What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757
Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk
3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme
Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies
Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways
Email - staff will communicated with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address
Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number
CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules
HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College
Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board (First Floor Opie Building) HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details
httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree
The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance
31 Plymouth Portal
As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)
There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners
7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
Your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities WBL in its various forms is one of the major defining characteristics of your Honours Degree It plays a central role in enabling you to apply academic study to workplace environments and problems In its turn your programme of study should enable you to integrate knowledge and skills developed in WBL into your project work and study in taught modules
An employable graduate is one who is able to meet the requirements of employers and fulfil their career aspirations at a graduate level They will be able to apply the skills knowledge and personal qualities developed during their programme in the workplace and other contexts An employable graduate will need to be able to
demonstrate and apply graduate attributes and skills demonstrate and apply career management skills eg preparing effectively for the recruitment and
selection process demonstrate and apply lifelong learning skills eg reflecting critically on academic personal and
professional development identifying and articulating achievements and planning for the future demonstrate business and organisational awareness eg understand changing working practices
including self-employment with particular reference to the professions and sectors relating to their programme of study
demonstrate an international outlook eg understanding the attributes and breadth of outlook appropriate for working in a global economy
Your programme has been designed to put all this in perspective and give you the opportunities to develop the requisite skills Work-relatedness is integral to the modules and many specifically offer you the opportunity to experience the world of work even if you are studying full time Your programme specification details the knowledge skills and understanding you will be able to demonstrate when you gain your Honours Degree
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal
You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies
There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies
To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage
If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well
To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students
Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member
The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including
E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web
8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
Your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities WBL in its various forms is one of the major defining characteristics of your Honours Degree It plays a central role in enabling you to apply academic study to workplace environments and problems In its turn your programme of study should enable you to integrate knowledge and skills developed in WBL into your project work and study in taught modules
An employable graduate is one who is able to meet the requirements of employers and fulfil their career aspirations at a graduate level They will be able to apply the skills knowledge and personal qualities developed during their programme in the workplace and other contexts An employable graduate will need to be able to
demonstrate and apply graduate attributes and skills demonstrate and apply career management skills eg preparing effectively for the recruitment and
selection process demonstrate and apply lifelong learning skills eg reflecting critically on academic personal and
professional development identifying and articulating achievements and planning for the future demonstrate business and organisational awareness eg understand changing working practices
including self-employment with particular reference to the professions and sectors relating to their programme of study
demonstrate an international outlook eg understanding the attributes and breadth of outlook appropriate for working in a global economy
Your programme has been designed to put all this in perspective and give you the opportunities to develop the requisite skills Work-relatedness is integral to the modules and many specifically offer you the opportunity to experience the world of work even if you are studying full time Your programme specification details the knowledge skills and understanding you will be able to demonstrate when you gain your Honours Degree
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
4 Programme Details
41 Enhancement Activities
An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations
Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working
Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor
42 Progression through the programmeStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University
Your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study
10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage
30 from Level 5
60 from Level 6
43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students
9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities WBL in its various forms is one of the major defining characteristics of your Honours Degree It plays a central role in enabling you to apply academic study to workplace environments and problems In its turn your programme of study should enable you to integrate knowledge and skills developed in WBL into your project work and study in taught modules
An employable graduate is one who is able to meet the requirements of employers and fulfil their career aspirations at a graduate level They will be able to apply the skills knowledge and personal qualities developed during their programme in the workplace and other contexts An employable graduate will need to be able to
demonstrate and apply graduate attributes and skills demonstrate and apply career management skills eg preparing effectively for the recruitment and
selection process demonstrate and apply lifelong learning skills eg reflecting critically on academic personal and
professional development identifying and articulating achievements and planning for the future demonstrate business and organisational awareness eg understand changing working practices
including self-employment with particular reference to the professions and sectors relating to their programme of study
demonstrate an international outlook eg understanding the attributes and breadth of outlook appropriate for working in a global economy
Your programme has been designed to put all this in perspective and give you the opportunities to develop the requisite skills Work-relatedness is integral to the modules and many specifically offer you the opportunity to experience the world of work even if you are studying full time Your programme specification details the knowledge skills and understanding you will be able to demonstrate when you gain your Honours Degree
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk
UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October
Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk
Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar
httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull
44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources
5 Employment Opportunities WBL in its various forms is one of the major defining characteristics of your Honours Degree It plays a central role in enabling you to apply academic study to workplace environments and problems In its turn your programme of study should enable you to integrate knowledge and skills developed in WBL into your project work and study in taught modules
An employable graduate is one who is able to meet the requirements of employers and fulfil their career aspirations at a graduate level They will be able to apply the skills knowledge and personal qualities developed during their programme in the workplace and other contexts An employable graduate will need to be able to
demonstrate and apply graduate attributes and skills demonstrate and apply career management skills eg preparing effectively for the recruitment and
selection process demonstrate and apply lifelong learning skills eg reflecting critically on academic personal and
professional development identifying and articulating achievements and planning for the future demonstrate business and organisational awareness eg understand changing working practices
including self-employment with particular reference to the professions and sectors relating to their programme of study
demonstrate an international outlook eg understanding the attributes and breadth of outlook appropriate for working in a global economy
Your programme has been designed to put all this in perspective and give you the opportunities to develop the requisite skills Work-relatedness is integral to the modules and many specifically offer you the opportunity to experience the world of work even if you are studying full time Your programme specification details the knowledge skills and understanding you will be able to demonstrate when you gain your Honours Degree
Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts
10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme
The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment
Coursework group reports Coursework essay questions Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project
In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement
Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a First Class Honours Degree You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only
Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module
61 Referencing Guides
httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf
7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected
71 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
Your programme operates under University of Plymouth Academic Regulations which can be seen at httpintranetplymouthacuk
11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
72 Academic OffencesYou should already be familiar with the need to use a referencing system in order to acknowledge the work of another author when completing your assessments You will be required to use the Harvard Referencing System guidelines for which can be found in PESD module on Moodle) in order to indicate in both the text and reference list where an idea is not original (See the University of Plymouth Academic Regulations assessment offences for further detail) Failure to credit ideas presented in your assessments to the original authors constitutes plagiarism which is the most commonly occurring academic offence (whether intentional or unintentional) There are four main types of plagiarism
(1) copying ndash more than a single phrase from another text without the use of quotation marks and referencing
(2) close paraphrasing ndash rewording text to lsquodisguisersquo the fact you are using somebody elsersquos work
(3) summarising ndash rewording and reducing key ideas and information to fewer words without acknowledgement and
(4) taking intellectual ideas or data ndash generally passing off someone elsersquos ideas as your own without acknowledgement
Further support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from the University of Plymouth at httpstaffplymouthacukstudhandExaminationsintranethtm
Academic offences and academic dishonesty including plagiarism are treated very seriously in the University and in the College and the Universityrsquos academic dishonesty process will be invoked A student who is proven to have committed an academic offence may be placing his or her degree in jeopardy It is your responsibility as a student to make sure that you understand what constitutes an academic offence and in particular what plagiarism is and how to avoid it You should note that when you submit coursework assessments using the specified front cover you are confirming that you have read and understood the University of Plymouthrsquos policy on plagiarism
12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Examination Coursework Practical
MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type
Level 6
Core (Credits)
CORC367 Agile Methods (20)
Project 70 Pitch 30
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security (20)
Test 40 Report 60
CORC369 Digital Forensics (10)
Forensic Report 100
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business (10)
Business Plan 80 Presentation 20
CORC371 Honours Project (40)
Investigation amp Report 90
Presentation Viva Voce 10
Optional (Credits)
CORC372 Advanced Networking (20)
Test 50 Skills assessment 50
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming (20)
Test 40 Software Development 60
13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Mar
king
stag
eIn
tern
al m
oder
ation
st
age
Exte
rnal
mod
erati
on
stag
eSu
bjec
t Ass
essm
ent
Pane
l (SA
P)
1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015
14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Student submits work sits test sits examination
Work collated amp passed toModule Leader
Work is marked by Module Leader
Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager
Internal moderation sample selected1
Moderation by second academic
Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial
UNCONFIRMED mark
External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners
Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board
Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval
CONFIRMED marks issued to students
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
8 Progression OpportunitiesStudents who successfully complete the BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies will be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
Your Programme Manager has the support of an Academic Liaison Person (ALP) with questions regarding to progression to programmes at the University of Plymouth
9 Student Feedback91 Student Representation and Enhancement
Student representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation
Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages
In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions
92 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules
Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)
All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level
15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience
What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for
to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College
to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively
to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College
What does the survey achieve
At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate
What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me
This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)
The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience
The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings
93 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice
16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)
Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings
94 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations
95 Complaints
The College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details
httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure
If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following
E-mail complaintscornwallacuk
96 Extenuating Circumstances
Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which
bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question
If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim
17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class
When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe
For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below
httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx
If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team
18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
10 Appendix 101 Programme Specification
19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1
Programme Title BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up)
Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
State Date 2016-17
First Award Date July 2017 (Full time) July 2018 (Part time)
Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document 7 July 2016
This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3
ContentsPS1Programme Details21
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme21
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)21
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations22
PS5 Programme Aims22
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)22
PS7 Distinctive Features23
PS8 Student Numbers23
PS9 Progression Route(s)24
PS10 Admissions Criteria25
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement26
PS12 Programme Structure27
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment28
1 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance
20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related Learning33
Appendix34
21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS1 Programme Details
Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full time and Part timeFinal Award BSc (Hons)Intermediate Award NAProgramme Title Computing Technologies (Top-Up)UCAS Code 221BJACS Code I120Benchmarks Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
(FHEQ) guided by the QAA Honours degree Computing Benchmark The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice
Date of Programme Approval 19 May 2015
PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
The programme gives students with an appropriate Foundation Degree qualification (or equivalent) the opportunity to progress to study for a full Honours Degree It offers development and in-depth studies in the field of evolving computing technologies and also provides an opportunity to undertake modules in either the field of networking (subject to sufficient demand) or in software development With the developments and roll out of broadband the computing and digital technology opportunities are constantly growing
The course has been informed by and designed in response to the needs of both national and local employers The development of the BSc Computing Technologies (Top-up) has provided a fantastic opportunity to work with local employers to create a top-up degree which fits exactly with what the market is looking for It offers the opportunity to those looking to further their qualifications in the digital technologies sector
Students will study a substantial individual autonomous project together with common core modules covering Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods There are electives to choose from either Advanced Networking or Advanced Object Oriented Programming
There will be opportunities to undertake work related learning and vendor certifications alongside the academic qualification The course will include guest speakers from industry to enhance programme delivery Local employers are looking forward to engaging with the staff and students
22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
with a view to nurturing and recruiting home-grown Cornish talent All of this will ensure students have the skills and attributes required for success within the industry
PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
NA
PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)
There are two 10 credit modules included within the programme structure
PS5 Programme Aims
This programme will deliver
A1 A challenging programme of study that will enable candidates to develop the conceptual understanding knowledge skills and techniques required for todayrsquos computing and digital technology industry
A2 An opportunity for specialisms (networking route will run if there is sufficient demand) relevant to the Digital Technology industry in which candidates will be employed and a platform for successful career development
A3 Development of a social and emotional intelligence to demonstrate effective enterprising performance both as a team member and as an individual using time personnel and project management techniques in a range of scenarios with an emphasis on reflection
A4 Personnel who possess the skills and knowledge that enables the efficient use of computer systems to maximise the potential of the organisation
A5 An intellectually stimulating practical framework that will enable candidates to develop their careers
PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
By the end of this programme the student will be able to
ILO1 Demonstrate knowledge of the theories and main methods of enquiry and be able to critically understand the principles of computer technologies
ILO2 Recognise the value of contribute ideas and apply detailed knowledge and understanding of key course concepts in the development of computing solutions
ILO3 Employ graduate skills in research autonomous working transferable skills and employability in familiar and unfamiliar scenarios
23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
ILO4 Investigate analyse and employ elements of the knowledge and understanding gained through the course regarding digital technology in relation to communications and security
ILO5 Demonstrate initiative across theory and practice relating to all elements of the course and offer innovative and creative ideas
PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation
Because the course has been designed in conjunction with local businesses specifically to satisfy the local market students will be uniquely placed to obtain graduate positions in Cornwall The course will include guest speakers from industry and associated work placement opportunities
Students will study Cloud Computing and Security E-Business for the Entrepreneur Digital Forensics and Agile Methods The study of a substantial individual autonomous project together with a choice of elective from either Advanced Networking (subject to sufficient demand) or Advanced Object Oriented Programming allow for specialism to enable chosen employment paths
The course provides the underpinning knowledge for a number of vendor qualifications This complementary study of academic and industry-recognised qualifications provides graduates with a unique qualification putting them in a strong position for future employment or career progression The college is a both a Cisco and Microsoft Academy and has testing facilities on site
Agile methods will be used throughout and students will be involved in co-construction of the curriculum from content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity
Successful recruitment record with GCHQ
PS8 Student Numbers
The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning
Minimum student numbers per stage = 10
Target student numbers per stage = 12
Maximum student numbers per stage = 20
The optional module CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking requires the completion of CORC2110 ndash Local and Wide Area Networks (or an equivalent for direct entrants) as a pre-requisite In the event that the student numbers are not viable to run CORC372 students will be required to undertake the alternative optional module CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming
24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
CORC373 ndash Advanced Object Oriented Programming will run regardless of student numbers as those without the pre-requisite for CORC372 ndash Advanced Networking will not have demonstrated that they have the expertise to successfully achieve the module
PS9 Progression Route(s)
Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types
This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years
Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University
The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations
Graduates will also be encouraged to consider progression on to appropriate Masterrsquos study in a relevant field or supported in their pursuit of employment opportunities
The following vendor qualifications may also be considered
Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching vendor certification CCNA Security Certification BCS Foundation Certificate in Agile curriculum
25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS10 Admissions Criteria
Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details
Level 2Not applicable
Grade C in Maths and English
- Key Skills requirement Higher Level Diploma
andor- GCSEs required at Grade C or aboveLevel 3 at least one of the following
- ASA Levels Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
- Advanced Level Diploma- BTEC National CertificateDiploma
- VDA AGNVQ AVCE AVS
- Access to HE or Year 0 provision
- International Baccalaureate
- Irish Scottish Highers Advanced Highers
Level 45 FdSc or HND in an appropriate subject Applicants are assessed and a short training course may need to be completed to make up for any shortfall in required skills and knowledge
Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview together with an appropriate level 5 qualification
Other HE qualifications non-standard awards or experiences
Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
APEL APCL possibilities Applications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations
Interview Portfolio requirements All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledge
Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required
May be required depending on work-related learning opportunities Timing will be dependent on the nature of the placement
26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee
Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define
Subject External Examiner(s)
An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team
Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme
The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award
Additional stakeholders specific to this programme
Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year
The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review
Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision
Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing
27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS12 Programme Structure4 The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme
FHEQ level 6 For Full Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Term 1 Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsTerm 2 Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business
All Core 40 CORC371 Honours ProjectComputer Networking Elective
All Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingSoftware Development Electives
All Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
FHEQ level 6 For Part Time
FT Route Year When in Year Core or Option Module Credits Module
Year 1 Stage 3All Core 20 CORC367 Agile MethodsAll Core 20 CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security
Students must choose 1 of the following optional modulesAll Optional 20 CORC372 Advanced NetworkingAll Optional 20 CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming
Year 2 Stage 3All Core 10 CORC369 Digital ForensicsAll Core 10 CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-BusinessAll Core 40 CORC371 Honours Project
4
28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme
Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
Definitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme
Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods
Programme Aims
Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Range of Assessments Related Core Modules
Knowledge Understanding
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold pass
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of essential facts concepts principles and theories relating to computing and computer applications as appropriate to the programme of studyComputing-related cognitive abilities and skills relating to intellectual tasksComputing-related practical skillsAdditional transferable skills that may be developed in the
PrimaryPractical Lab work ICT based data analysis learner-led teachingSecondarySupplementaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning
A1A4A5ILO1ILO2ILO4 Reports student-led
seminars presentations vivas case studies in-class tests
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
context of computing but which are of a general nature and applicable in many other contexts (Computing Benchmark 3122)(General Business and Management 37)
An explanation for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research and personal communication They will be assessed through a variety of modes including tests reports student-led seminars presentations vivas and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from the industry and the External Examiner Students will be part of co-constructing curriculum and assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiativeCognitive and Intellectual Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passModelling use such knowledge and understanding in the modelling and design of computer-based systems for the purposes of comprehension communication prediction and the understanding of trade-offsRequirements practical constraints and computer-based systems (and thisincludes computer systems information systems embedded systems anddistributed systems) in their context recognise and analyse criteria and specifications appropriate to specific problems and plan strategies for their solutionCritical evaluation and testing analyse the extent to which a computer-based system meets the criteria defined for its current use and future developmentMethods and tools deploy appropriate theory practices
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
and tools for the specification design implementation and evaluation of computer-based systemsReflection and communication present succinctly to a range of audiences (orally electronically or in writing) rational and reasoned arguments that address a given information handling problem or opportunity This should include assessment of the impact of new technologiesProfessional considerations recognise the professional economic socialenvironmental moral and ethical issues involved in the sustainable exploitationof computer technology and be guided by the adoption of appropriate professional ethical and legal practices(Computing Benchmark 32 )
An explanation for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidanceKey Transferable Skills
For this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop and social and emotional
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etcSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE
A3 A4 A5 ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
Viva interview reflective report presentation in-class test group projects
CORC367 CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learningNumeracy and literacy in both understanding and presenting cases involving a quantitative and qualitative dimensionEffective use of general digital technology facilitiesThe ability to work as a member of a development team recognising the different roles within a team and different ways of organising teamsManaging ones own learning and development including time management and organisational skills
and Moodle conferences
An explanation for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutionsEmployment Related SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Quals (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passDemonstrate a sound understanding of the main areas of the body of knowledge within their programme of study with an ability to exercise critical judgement across a range of issuesCritically analyse and apply a range of concepts principles and practice of the subject in an appropriate manner in the context of loosely defined scenarios showing effective judgement in the selection and use of tools and techniquesProduce work involving problem identification the analysis the design or the development of a system with accompanying documentation recognising the important
PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning
SecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO1 ILO2ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Group project honours project report viva demonstrations student led seminars presentations in-class test practical skills based assessment
CORC367CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
relationships between these The work will show problem-solving and evaluation skills draw upon supporting evidence and demonstrate a good understanding of the need for qualityWork independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical mannerAn explanation for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forwardPractical SkillsFor this Honours Degree top-up programme the following has been informed by the Computing and General Business and Management QAA Subject benchmarking documents and Benchmark and Framework for HE Qualifications (FHEQ)
By the end of this level of this programme the students will be able to demonstrate for a threshold passWork safely in computing workshopsCompetently utilise a variety of digital technology
PrimaryPractical workshopsSecondarySupplementaryGuest speakers and industry visits
A1 A2 A4 ILO2ILO4 ILO5
Skills based assessment CORC368CORC369CORC370CORC371
An explanation for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will research niches in an E-Business context with a view to identifying a business opportunity Students will be exposed to a range of different businesses in the sector to learn about practical working environments Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types
33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all
FHEQ Level 6 ndash BSc (Hons) Computing Studies
WBLWRL Activity Logistics Programme Aim Programme Intended Learning Outcome Range of Assessments Related Core
Module(s)Industry visits
Guest speakers
Competitions
Work related Honours Project
Sullivan CuffSoftware LtdCornwall College IT Systems
Blue Diamond Internet SystemsGCHQRichfords Fire and FloodBluefruit Softwaren-Coders Software DevelopersPacket Ship
A2 A3 A4 A5
A2 A3 A4 A5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO5
ILO2 ILO3 ILO4ILO5
Reports group projects presentations case studies
Report demonstration presentation viva
CORC367
CORC368CORC369CORC367CORC370CORC371
CORC371
An explanation of this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work related and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course
34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Appendix
DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORDS FOR BSc(Hons) Computing Technologies
Module Code Description Page No
CORC367 Agile Methods 49
CORC368 Cloud Computing and Security 52
CORC369 Digital Forensics 55
CORC370 Entrepreneurship for E-Business 58
CORC371 Honours Project 60
CORC372 Advanced Networking 63
CORC373 Advanced Object Oriented Programming 66
35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC367 MODULE TITLE Agile Methods
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to the agile methodology It investigates contemporary management styles in the software industry and wider business contexts It provides the core understanding of working in an Agile manner
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop an understanding of a spectrum of Agile methodologies their origins and applicability of different project and workplace challengesTo explain the business culture and the economic case required for AgileTo understand the implication of a collaborative Agile environment on individuals teams the business and customersTo recognise the features and components of a collaborative Agile environment
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate various Agile approaches (eg XP Scrum Lean DSDM)2 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case required for Agile3 Judiciously apply Agile techniques to a given problem scenario4 Create an Agile project plan based on increments and iterations
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENT
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Mike Trebilcock OTHER MODULE STAFF Caroline Cripps Buzz Banks Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTOrigins of Agile practices the Agile Manifesto and principles overview of XP Scrum Lean and DSDM Agile in practice increments and iterations
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Agile methodologyTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 15 Programme specific practical workExternal visits 5 Opportunity to see theory put into practiceGuided independent study 150 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1
Creation of a project plan in an Agile development environment
100
Total = 100
Learner led group working and individual reflection covers LO1LO3 LO4
Practical P1Pitch
100Total = 100
LO2
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesBeck K amp Andres C (2005) Extreme Programming Explained Embrace Change Addison-WesleyCockburn A (2007) Agile software development the cooperative game Harlow Addison-WesleyCohen M (2005) Agile Estimating and Planning Addison-WesleyCourage C amp Baxter K (2005) Understanding your Users Morgan Kaufmann San FranciscoDSDM Consortium (2010) DSDM Atern handbook V2 Ashford DSDM ConsortiumHughes B amp Cotterell M (2009) Software Project Management McGraw Hill Higher EducationLarman C (2004) Agile and iterative development a managerrsquos guide Boston Mass London
37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Addison-WesleyMeasey P Gray A Berridge C Wilmshurts D Levy R Short M Roberts B Oliver L amp Wolf L (2015) Agile Foundations Principles practices and frameworks BCS LondonQassim AA ( 2008) Why information systems projects fail Guidelines for Successful Projects The INTOSAI IT Journal pp12ndash17 Available at httpwwwintosaiitauditorgintoit_articles26_p12top17pdfSchwaber K (2004) Agile Project Management with Scrum Microsoft PressStapleton J (2003) DSDM Business focused development 2nd Edition Addison WesleyTaylor MJ et al (2002) Methodologies and website development a survey of practice Information and Software Technology 44(6) pp381ndash391 Available at httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0950584902000241
38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC368 MODULE TITLE Cloud Computing and Security
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE N213
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module introduces the main computing models exploited in Grids and Clouds to evolve from cluster computing towards more virtualized resources and across-institutional user communities As the Internet of Everything brings new economic and social opportunities worldwide global demand increases the need for security and risk management skills knowledge of Open Source software Cloud Computing and social media
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social mediaTo examine communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspectiveTo develop an understanding of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testingTo investigate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically appraise the business culture and the economic case of Open Source Cloud Computing and social media
2 Critically assess the use of communications security through cryptography confidentiality and penetration testing
3 Critically appraise communications security from a computer network IT system and organisational perspective
4 To research and critically evaluate network attacks and network anomalies including DenialDistributed Denial of Service
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTCryptography- substitution and transposition confidentiality- disk encryption software Filefolder encryption Database encryption public-keyPrivate-Key cryptography RSA 3DES AES algorithms and digital signatures Network attacks and network anomalies DenialDistributed Denial of Service (DoSDDos) IDS IPS Anomaly and signature penetration testing PCI Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Virtualization Guidelines and CSA (Cloud Security Alliance) for cloud environments configure basic hardware constituent components of a cloud
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant distributed
computing and security perspectivesTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO2
Coursework C1Open Source Cloud Computing and social media combined with security investigation Report
100
Total = 100LO1 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and Sources BarkerK amp Morris S (2012) CCNA Security USA Cisco Press
Hwang K Dongarra J amp Fox G (2011) Distributed and Cloud Computing From Parallel Processing
40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
to the Internet of Things Morgan Kaufmann
Kale V (2014) Guide to Cloud Computing for Business and Technology Managers From Distributed Computing to Cloudware Applications Chapman and Hall CRC
Mahajan S amp Seema S (2013) Distributed Computing India OUP
PfleegerCP amp LawrenceS (2015) Security in Computing US Prentice Hall Pearson EducationOnlinehttpwwwinfedacukteachingcoursesds
41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC369 MODULE TITLE Digital Forensics
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module explores the importance of forensic capability in terms of the digital forensic methodologies principles and disciplines of acquisition examination analysis and presentation reporting procedures Fundamental ethical and professional issues associated with the use of digital forensics are also examined
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 100 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo understand the concepts of forensic digital evidenceTo develop a detailed understanding of data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatabilityTo explain the concepts of ethical and professional issuesTo develop a detailed understanding of forensic techniques open source and commercial forensic tools
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Understand and critically appraise principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability
2 Critically appraise ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics3 Research and critically evaluate forensic techniques and tools used for digital evidence
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AUM
42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF Chris Jenkins
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTConcepts of digital evidence for Computer Based Mobile Technology Embedded and Network Forensics the principles involved in Digital Forensic investigations such as data preservation recovery integrity carving and repeatability ethical and professional issues related to Digital Forensics the role of related professional and regulatory bodies such as those recommended by the ACPO (Association of Chief Police Officers) Good Practice Guide for Computer-Based Evidence forensic techniques used in the examination of end-devices open source and commercial forensic tools
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 14 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 1 Individual tutorial supportPractical classes and workshops 8 Programme specific practical workGuided Independent Study 77 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1Forensic Investigation Report based on a case study
100
Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Kruse I W amp Heiser G (2001) Computer Forensics Incident Response Essentials 1st Ed USA Indiana Addison Wesley
43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Nelson B Stuart C amp Phillips A (2015) Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations Processing Digital Evidence 5th Ed USA New York Delmar Cengage Learning
Volonino L Anzaldua R amp Godwin J(2007) ldquoComputer forensics principles and practices USA PearsonPrentice Hall
Widup S (2014) Computer Forensics and Digital Investigation with EnCase Forensic v7 UK McGraw-Hill Osborne
44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC370 MODULE TITLE Entrepreneurship for E-Business
CREDITS 10 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I161
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTOR This module covers topics relating to examining the various models for e-business develop skills in writing business plans and forecasts and investigate the role technology can play in starting and operating an e-business
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Practical) 20E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSThe aim of this module is to equip students with the skills and knowledge required to set up and run a small e-business
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the validity of a business idea2 Create a written business plan3 Create and effectively pitch the business plan4 Critically understand the pressures that operate on a small business
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15SPM
45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 133
MODULE LEADER Dr Bryan Mills OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTe-business models creating a business plan financing an e-business marketing and e-business operating an e-business technologies for e-business security internet web telephony
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 20 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 78Total 100
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Business Plan 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO4
Practical P1Presentation of business plan 100
Total = 100
LO3
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesAllen P (2000) Realizing eBusiness with Components Addison-Wesley PubDeitel M H amp Deitel P J (2011) e-Business amp e-Commerce for Managers Prentice HallNorris M amp West S (2001) eBusiness Essentials 2nd Edition John Wiley amp SonsOsterwalder A amp Pigneur Y (2010) Business Model Generation A Handbook for VisionariesGame Changers and Challengers John Wiley amp Sons LtdPlant R (2000) eCommerce Formulation of Strategy Prentice HallReynolds J (2004) The Complete E-Commerce Book Design Build and Maintain a Successful Web-Based Business CMP BooksWaldockB (2015) Being Agile in Business AmazoncoukWilliams S (2010) The Financial Times Guide to Business Start Up 2011 Prentice Hall
46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC371 MODULE TITLE Honours Project
CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module allows students to explore in detail an academic subject of their choice The module comprises a substantial autonomous research studyinvestigation and implementation of a computing project The studentrsquos ability to design a valid investigation and collect collate and implement a product based on the research and to communicate the outcomes is assessed
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENTWRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 90 P1 (Practical) 10E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test)
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo carry out a self-directed study of current issues and concepts relevant to their degree programmeTo provide knowledge and understanding of the research processTo develop competence in the design and execution of a computer based projectThe ability to communicate their findings by appropriate means
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically evaluate relevant literaturesoftware identify the need for further research investigation and propose a suitable a suitable project for research investigation and implementation
2 Judiciously design and execute the collection of data via any combination of laboratory work questionnaire and interview methodologies and analyse and interpret your results
3 Design and execute a computer based project4 Critically evaluate and reflect the computer based project5 Communicate the outcomes in an appropriate technical context
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF Tina Simpson Mike Trebilcock Dr Bryan Mills
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTFeasibility of a computer based project collection of data and analysis of data the design and execution of a computer based project Critical evaluation and reflection of a computer based project Presentation and demonstration methods Through a programme of guest lecturers from local industry students are encouraged to work with industry in identifying and obtaining suitable projects Requests from local businesses through an employer forum will also be posted on the virtual learning environment Students are encouraged to demonstrate their capability to create an artefact
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 15 Preparatory lectures to assure appropriateness of
proposed study core and programme specificTutorial 10 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 20 Programme SpecificProject supervision 15 Supervisory sessions as appropriateGuided Independent Study 340 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 400
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1
Coursework C1 Investigation Logbook Final report and evaluation
100Total = 100
LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1Presentation Viva voce 100
Total = 100
LO5
Updated byCaroline Cripps
Date300816
Approved byTina Simpson
Date300816
Recommended Texts and SourcesCottrell S (2014) Dissertations and Project Reports A Step by Step Guide (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave MacmillanGreetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation (Palgrave Study Skills) Palgrave
48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
MacmillanWalliman N (2013) Your Undergraduate Dissertation The Essential Guide for Success (SAGE Study Skills Series) SAGE Publications LtdWeyers Jamp McMillan K (2011) How to Write Dissertations amp Project Reports (Smarter Study Skills) Prentice Hall
Project dependent resources
49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC372 MODULE TITLE Advanced Networking
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I120
PRE-REQUISITES CORC2110 CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module covers topics relating to advanced networking It will equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks and how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) P1 (Practical) 50E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 50
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo explore advanced networking topicsTo develop a detailed understanding of the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networksTo apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networksHow to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Appraise the latest technology and trends in advanced networking topics2 Critically appraise the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and
troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks3 Judiciously apply the principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and
troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks4 Critically evaluate how to work collaboratively with specialists on advanced security voice wireless
and video solutions
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Tina Simpson OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTAdvanced networking topics the principles needed to plan implement verify secure maintain and troubleshoot local and wide-area enterprise networks The principles of planning implementing verifying securing maintaining and troubleshooting local and wide-area enterprise networks and collaborative working with specialists on advanced security voice wireless and video solutions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to advanced
networkingPractical classes and workshops 30 Programme specific practical workTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportGuided Independent Study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1 LO2
Coursework C1
Practical P1 Skills Based Assessment 100Total = 100
LO3 LO4
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and Sources
Empson S Gargano P amp Roth H (2014) CCNP Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide USA Cisco PressRanjbar A (2014) Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP TSHOOT 300-135) USA Cisco PressTeare D Vachon B amp Graziani R (2015) Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) Foundation Learning Guide (CCNP ROUTE 300-101) USA Cisco Press
51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Wallace k Hucaby D amp Lacoste R (2014) CCNP Routing and switching v20 USA Official Cert Guide Library Cisco Press
52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code
MODULE CODE CORC373 MODULE TITLE Advanced Object Oriented Programming
CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE I322
PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes
SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will develop in depth the necessary skills and knowledge for the development of software development applications using an Object Oriented programming language such as C++ and Java Students will demonstrate the skills required to engineer Object Oriented based software application from initial specifications through to implementation testing and documentation
ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL
E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)E2 (Clinical Examination)
A1 (Generic Assessment)
T1 (Test) 40
SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Computing
Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA
MODULE AIMSTo develop a detailed understanding of object oriented principles in the design of software applicationsTo apply Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specificationsTo produce edit and test Object Oriented applications
ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to
1 Critically analyse the use of object oriented principles in the design of software applications2 Use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling Language specifications3 Construct edit and test Object Oriented applications to a given specification4 Critically appraise the use of pair mob programming
DATE OF APPROVAL 190515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM
53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must e considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 121
MODULE LEADER Caroline Cripps OTHER MODULE STAFF
SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTObject oriented principles in the design of software applications use Object Oriented principles to produce Unified Modelling specifications produce edit and test Object Oriented applications such as C++ and Java mobpair programming threads and exceptions
SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNINGScheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 28 Presentation of topics relevant to application of
Software Engineering and O-O programmingTutorial 2 Individual tutorial supportPractical Classes and Workshops 30 Programme specific practical workSelf-directed study 140 Autonomous working (with tutor if appropriate)Total 200
Cate
gory
Elem
ent
Com
pone
nt
Nam
e
Com
pone
nt
Wei
ghtin
g
Com
men
ts
incl
ude
links
to
lear
ning
ob
jecti
ves
Written exam
E1
T1 In Class Test 100Total = 100
LO1
Coursework C1 Software development project 100Total = 100
LO2 LO3 LO4
Practical P1
Updated byChris Jenkins
Date030615
Approved byCaroline Cripps
Date030615
Recommended Texts and SourcesArnold J (2014) Advanced Java Optimisation Techniques USA CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
Gregoire M amp Solter N (2011) Professional C++ (Wrox Professional Guides) 2nd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
Gregoire M (2014) Professional C++ 3rd Ed John Wiley amp Sons
54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17
Horstmann C amp Cornell G (2013) Core Java Volume II ndash Advanced TopicsVol2 9th Ed Prentice Hall
Kalicharan N (2013) Advanced Topics in Java Core Concepts in Data Structures Apress
Langr J (2013) Modern C++ Programming with Test-Driven Development Code Better Sleep Better PragmaticBookshelf
Savitch W (2014) Problem Solving with C++ 9th Ed Addison Wesley
Somasundaram K (2008) Advanced Programming in JAVA2 Updated to J2SE6 Jaico
Stroustrup B (2014) Programming Principles and Practice Using C++ 2nd Ed Addison Wesley
OnlinehttpwwwlyndacomJava-training-tutorials
55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Computing Technologies (Top up) Handbook 2016-17